Revelasyon 18:1
1 Apre sa, mwen wè yon lòt zanj desann soti nan sièl la. Li te gen gwo pouvwa nan men li. Li te klere byen bèl, li klere tout latè.
Cekcoengawh khawk khan awhkawng anuk kqum law khan ceityih pynoet ce hu nyng. Anih ing saithainaak ak bau soeih ce tahy, a boeimangnaak ing khawmdek coei pheng hy.
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
Καὶ
Transliteration:
Kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=k] Minor not translated from KJV sources, absent in Nestlé-Aland and other sources
Editions:
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
After
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μετά
Greek:
μετὰ
Transliteration:
meta
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
with/after
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μετά
Transliteration:
meta
Gloss:
with/after
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
μετά (before vowel μετ᾽; on the neglect of elision in certain cases, V. WH, App., 146 b), prep. with genitive, accusative (in poet, also with dative), [in LXX for אַחַד,עִם,אֵת, etc.]. I. C. genitive, 1) among, amid: Mrk.1:13, Luk.22:37 (LXX, ἐν) 24:5, Jhn.18:5, al; διωγμῶν, Mrk.10:30. 2) Of association and companionship, with (in which sense it gradually superseded σύν, than which it is much more frequently in NT; cf. Bl, §42, 3): with genitive of person(s), Mat.8:11 20:20 Mrk.1:29 3:7 Luk.5:30, Jhn.3:22, Gal.2:1, al. mult; εἶναι μετά, Mat.5:25, Mrk.3:14, al; metaphorically, of divine help and guidance, Jhn.3:2, Act.7:9, Php.4:9, al; opposite to εἶναι κατά, Mat.12:30, Luk.11:23; in Hellenistic usage (but see M, Pr., 106, 246f.), πολεμεῖν μετά = cl. π, with dative, to wage war against (so LXX for נִלְחַם עִם, 1Ki.17:33), Rev.2:16, al; with genitive of thing(s), χαρᾶς, Mat.13:20, Mrk.4:16, al; ὀργῆς, Mrk.3:5, al. II. C. accusative, 1) of place, behind, after: Heb.9:3. 2) Of time, after: Mat.17:1, Mrk.14:1, Luk.1:24, Act.1:5, Gal.1:18, al; μετὰ τοῦτο, Jhn.2:12, al; ταῦτα, Mrk.16:[12], Luk.5:27, Jhn.3:22, al; with inf. artic. (BL, §71, 5; 72, 3), Mat.26:32, Mrk.1:14, al. III. In composition, 1) of association or community: μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, etc. 2) Exchange or transference: μεταλλάσσω, μετοικίζω, etc. 3) after: μεταμέλομαι. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μετά
Transliteration:
meta
Gloss:
with/after
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
μετά [ᾰ, but ᾱ in [Refs 5th c.BC+]], poetry μεταί, uncertain, only in μεταιβολί; Aeolic dialect, Doric dialect, [Refs 4th c.AD+]: preposition with genitive, dative, and accusative (Cf. Goth. mip, OHG. miti, mit 'with'.) A) WITH GEN. (in which use μ. gradually superseded σύν, which see), A.I) in the midst of, among, between, with plural Nouns, μετ᾽ ἄλλων λέξο ἑταίρων [Refs 8th c.BC+] with one, [Refs 5th c.BC+], i.e. among no men, [Refs] A.II) in common, along with, by aid of (implying a closer union than σύν), μ. Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; συνδιεπολέμησαν τὸν πόλεμον μ. Ἀθηναίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τῆς βουλῆς in co-operation with the council, [Refs 8th c.BC+] with, i.e. by aid of, Athena, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τινὸς πάσχειν, δρᾶν τι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τινὸς εἶναι to be on one's side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: generally, with, together with, with substantive in singular first in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ μ. τινός his companions, [NT+5th c.BC+] C. and the Athenians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, in conjunction with, ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) later, in one's dealings with, ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτῶν [NT+2nd c.AD+]: even of hostile action, σὺ ποιεῖς μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ πονηρίαν [LXX+NT+2nd c.AD+]: to denote the union of persons with qualities or circumstances, and so to denote manner, τὸ ἄπραγμον. μὴ μ. τοῦ δραστηρίου τεταγμένον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψυχὴν ὁσίως βεβιωκυῖαν καὶ μετ᾽ ἀληθείας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, by means of, μετ᾽ ἀρετῆς πρωτεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) serving to join two predicates, γενόμενος μ. τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ ξυνετός, i.e. δυνατός τε καὶ ξυνετός, 5th c.BC: Thucydides Historicus 2.15; ὅταν πλησιάζῃ μ. τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι 5th-6th c.BC: Plato Philosophus “Phaedrus” 255b. A.IV) rarely of Time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετ᾽ ἀνοκωχῆς during, [Refs] B) WITH DAT, only poetry, mostly Epic dialect: B.I) between, among others, but without the close union which belongs to the genitive, and so nearly ={ἐν}, which is sometimes exchanged with it, μ. πρώτοισι. ἐν πυμάτοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1) of persons, among, in company with, μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν in the third generation (not μ. τριτάτων belonging to it), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of haranguing an assembly, μετ᾽ Ἀργείοις ἀγορεύεις [Refs]; between, of two parties, φιλότητα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν [Refs] B.I.2) of things, μ. νηυσίν, ἀστράσι, κύμασιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.3) of separate parts of persons, between, μ. χερσὶν ἔχειν to hold between, i.e. in, the hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅς κεν. πέσῃ μ. ποσσὶ γυναικός, of a child being born, 'to fall between her feet', [Refs] B.II) to complete a number, besides, over and above, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πέμπτος μ. τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself to be with them a fifth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Οὖτιν. πύματον ἔδομαι μ. οἷς ἑτάροισι last to complete the number, i.e. after, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III) with dative singular, only of collective Nouns (or the equivalent of such, μεθ᾽ αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) WITH ACCUSATIVE C.I) of motion, into the middle of, coming into or among, especially where a number of persons is implied, ἵκοντο μ. Τρῶας καὶ Ἀχαιούς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of things, εἴ τινα φεύγοντα σαώσειαν μ. νῆας [Refs]; με μ. ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει plunges me into them, [Refs]; of place, μ. τ᾽ ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων [Refs]; δράγματα μετ᾽ ὄγμον πῖπτον into the midst of the furrow, [Refs] C.I.2) in pursuit or quest of, of persons, sometimes in friendlysense, βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰέναι μ. Νέστορα went to seek [Refs 8th c.BC+] to go after, pursue him, [Refs]; also of things, πλεῖν μ. χαλκόν to sail in quest of it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵκηαι μ. πατρὸς ἀκουήν in search of news of thy father, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο they armed for the battle, [Refs]; ὡπλίζοντο μεθ᾽ ὕλην prepared to seek after wood, [Refs] C.II) of sequence or succession, C.II.1) of Place, after, behind, λαοὶ ἕπονθ᾽, ὡς εἴ τε μ. κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα like sheep after the bell-wether, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τὴν θάλασσαν beyond, on the far side of the sea, [Refs] C.II.2) of Time, after, next to, μ. δαῖτας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος after Hector thy death is at the door, [Refs 8th c.BC+]thereupon, there-after, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετ᾽ ὀλίγον ὕστερον shortly after, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μ. χρυσόθρονον ἠῶ after daybreak, [Refs] by day, opposed to νυκτός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, opposed to νύκτωρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν after the boy or girl has attained the age of six years, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.3) in order of Worth, Rank, etc, next after, following superlative, κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ. τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ᾽ ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: where superlative is implied, ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε. μ. Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. μάκαρας next to the gods, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also μάχεσθαι μ. πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων to be inferior in fighting to many, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III) after, according to, μ. σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ as you and I wish, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) generally, among, between, as with dative (B.I), μ. πάντας ὁμήλικας ἄριστος best among all, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας including those who have died, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; μ. χεῖρας ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) μετά with all cases can be put after its substantive, and is then by anastrophe μέτα, [Refs 8th c.BC+], but not when the ultima is elided, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) absolutely as adverb, among them, with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with him, οὐκ οἶον, μ. καὶ Γανυμήδεα [Refs 3rd c.BC+] E.II) and then, next afterwards, opposed to πρόσθε, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E.III) thereafter,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. γάρ τε καὶ ἄλγεσι τέρπεται ἀνήρ one feels pleasure even in troubles, when past, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. δέ, for ἔπειτα δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] F) μέτα, -μέτεστι, [Refs 8th c.BC+] G) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), G.I) of community or participation, as in μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, usually with genitive of things. G.I.2) of action in common with another, as in μεταδαίνυμαι, μεταμέλπομαι, etc, with dative person G.II) in the midst of, of space or time, as in μεταδήμιος, μεταδόρπιος 1; between, as in μεταίχμιον, μεταπύργιον. G.III) of succession of time, as in μεταδόρπιος 2, μετακλαίω, μεταυτίκα. G.IV) of pursuit, as in μεταδιώκω, μετέρχομαι. G.V) of letting go, as in μεθίημι, μεθήμων. G.VI) after, behind, as in μετάφρενον, opposed to πρόσθε. G.VII) reversely, as in μετατρέπω, μεταστρέφω. G.VIII) most frequently of change of place, condition, plan, etc, as in μεταβαίνω, μεταβάλλω, μεταβουλεύω, μεταγιγνώσκω, etc.
Strongs
Word:
μετά
Transliteration:
metá
Pronounciation:
met-ah'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
properly, denoting accompaniment; "amid" (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between g575 (ἀπό) or g1537 (ἐκ) and g1519 (εἰς) or g4314 (πρός); less intimate than g1722 (ἐν) and less close than g4862 (σύν)); after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out); a primary preposition (often used adverbially)
these things
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὗτος
Greek:
ταῦτα
Transliteration:
tauta
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Demonstrative pronoun Accusative Plural Neuter
Grammar:
a reference to SPECIFIC neuter people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
these
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
ohutos
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Greek Demonstrative Pronoun
Definition:
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive, τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, [in LXX chiefly for זֹאת,זֶה;] demonstr. pron. (related to ἐκεῖνος as hic to ille), this; 1) as subst, this one, he; (a) absol: Mat.3:17, Mrk.9:7, Luk.7:44, 45, Jhn.1:15, Act.2:15, al; expressing contempt (cl.), Mat.13:55, 56, Mrk.6:2, 3, Jhn.6:42, al; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, Rom.14:9; μετὰ τοῦτο (ταῦτα; V. Westc. on Jhn.5:1), Jhn.2:12 11:7, al; (b) epanaleptic (referring to what precedes): Mat.5:19, Mrk.3:35, Luk.9:48, Jhn.6:46, Rom.7:10, al; (with) proleptic (referring to what follows): before ἵνα (Bl, §69, 6), Luk.1:43, Jhn.3:19 (and freq.) 15:8, Rom.14:9, al; before ὅτι, Luk.10:11, Jhn.9:3 o, Act.24:14, Rom.2:3, al; ὅπως, Rom.9:17; ἐάν, Jhn.13:35; (d) special idioms: τοῦτο μὲν. τ. δέ (cl), partly. partly. Heb.10:33; καὶ τοῦτο (τοῦτον, ταῦτα), and that (him) too, Rom.13:11, 1Co.2:2, Heb.11:12; τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν, Mat.27:46. 2) As adj, with subst; (a) with art. (α) before the art: Mat.12:32, Mrk.9:29, Luk.7:44, Jhn.4:15, Rom.11:24, Rev.19:9, al; (β) after the noun: Mat.3:9, Mrk.12:16, Luk.11:31, Jhn.4:13, Act.6:13, Rom.15:28, 1Co.1:20, Rev.2:24, al; (b) with subst. anarth. (with predicative force; Bl, §49, 4): Luk.1:36 2:2 24:21, Jhn.2:11 4:54 21:14, 2Co.13:1. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
ohutos
Gloss:
this/he/she/it
Morphhology:
Greek Demonstrative Pronoun
Definition:
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, genitive τούτου, ταύτης, τούτου, etc: the dual feminine never in Attic dialect, see ὁ, ἡ, τό, [near the start]:—demonstrative pronoun, this, common from [Refs 8th c.BC+] A) ORIGIN and FORMS: οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο probably arose from a reduplication of the demonstrative ὁ, ἡ, τό with insertion of -υ- (= Sanskrit Particle u), e.g. ταῦτα from τα-υ-τα: Doric dialect genitive singular feminine τούτας [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc, the latter is uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+], as genitive singular neuter οὕτω [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; accusative singular feminine οὕταν [Refs 6th c.BC+] —In _Attic dialect_ οὗτος was frequently strengthened by the _demonstrative_ -ί, οὑτοσί, αὑτηί, τουτί, _genitive_ τουτουί, _dative_ τουτῳί, _accusative_ τουτονί; plural nominative οὑτοιί, neuter ταυτί, etc, this man here: sometimes a Particle is inserted between the pronoun and -ί, as αὑτηγί for αὑτηί γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τουτογί for τουτί γε, [Refs]; ταυταγί for ταυτί γε, [Refs]; τουτοδί for τουτὶ δέ, [Refs]; τουτουμενί for τουτουὶ μέν, [Refs] —In codices the ν ἐφελκυστικόν is sometimes added in the forms οὑτοσίν, οὑτωσίν, and οὑτοσίν is said to be Attic dialect by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. [This ι is always long, and a long vowel or diphthong before it becomes short, as αὑτη?~Xί, τουτω?~Xί, οὑτοῐί, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) USAGE in regard to CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] is frequently used as a pronoun substantive: hence neuter is followed by genitive, κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀκροπόλιος [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective, in which case its substantive commonly takes the Article, οὗτος ὁ ἀνήρ or ὁ ἀνὴρ οὗτος.—But the Article is absent, B.1) always in Epic dialect Poets (except [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes also in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) sometimes when the Noun is so specified that the Article is not needed, ἐς γῆν ταύτην, ἥντινα νῦν Σκύθαι νέμονται [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) when οὗτος is used in local sense, here, see below with [Refs] B.4) when the Noun with which οὗτος agrees stands as its Predicate, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δικαστοῦ αὕτη ἀρετή [ἐστι] [Refs 5th c.BC+] these were the grievances which already existed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν this was the report which, [Refs 5th c.BC+] this was notably the greatest movement which, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.5) when 3rd pers. is used for 2nd pers. to express contempt, οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὑτοσὶ ἀνήρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) though οὗτος usually agrees with the Noun that serves as Predicate, it is not rare to find it in the neuter, μανία δὲ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστί [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and in plural, οὐκ ἔστι ταῦτα ἀρχή [Refs 4th c.BC+]: so with an explanatory clause added, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ συκοφάντης, αἰτιᾶσθαι μὲν πάντα ἐξελέγξαι δὲ μηδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.2) so also with a Noun in apposition, τούτοισιν μὲν ταῦτα μέλει, κίθαρις καὶ ἀοιδή [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.3) the neuter also may refer to a masculine or feminine Noun, καρπὸν φορέει κυάμῳ ἴσον: τοῦτο ἐπεὰν γένηται πέπον κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.4) the neuter is also used of classes of persons, μελιτοπῶλαι καὶ τυροπῶλαι: τοῦτο δ᾽ εἰς ἕν ἐστι συγκεκυφός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or of an abstract fact, οὐκ Ἰοφῶν ζ;—τοῦτο γάρ τοι καὶ μόνον ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) with Prons, B.III.1) personal, οὗτος σύ, in local sense, see below B.III.2) interrogative, τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔλεξα; what is this that? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποίοισι τούτοι; for ποῖά ἐστι ταῦτα οἷς [ἔχεις ἐλπίδα]; [Refs]; Νέστορ᾽ ἔρειο ὅν τινα τοῦτον ἄγει whom he brings here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.3) with οἷος, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.4) possessive, πατὴρ σὸς οὗτος this father of thine, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) demonstrative, οὗτος ἐκεῖνος, τὸν σὺ ζητέεις, where ἐκεῖνος is the Predicate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα this same man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5.b) exceptionally, Διφίλου οὗτος ὅδ᾽ ἐστὶ τύπος [Refs] B.III.6) ἄλλος τις οὗτος ἀνέστη another man here, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.IV) with Numerals, τέθνηκε ταῦτα τρία ἔτη these three years, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [στρατείαν] ἑνδέκατον μῆνα τουτονὶ ποιεῖται for these eleven months, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) SIGNIFICATION AND SPECIAL IDIOMS: C.I) this, to designate the nearer, opposed to ἐκεῖνος, that, the more remote, ταῦτα, like τὰ ἐνταῦθα, things round and about us, earthly things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ὅδε [near the start]: but οὗτος sometimes indicates that which is not really nearest, but most important, δεῖ. τὸ βέλτιστον ἀεί, μὴ τὸ ῥᾷστον λέγειν: ἐπὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ βαδιεῖται, ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ κτλ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.2) when, of two things, one precedes and the other follows, ὅδε properly refers to what follows, οὗτος to what precedes, οὐκ ἔστι σοι ταῦτ᾽, ἀλλά σοι τάδ᾽ ἔστι [Refs 5th c.BC+] refers to what follows, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔκουν. τοῦτο γιγνώσκεις, ὅτι; [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3) οὗτος is used emphatic, generally in contempt, while ἐκεῖνος denotes praise, ὁ πάντ᾽ ἄναλκις οὗτος, i.e. Aegisthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+] of Philip; but οὗτος is used of Philip, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.3.b) of what is familiar, τούτους τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, of the Persians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ θυλακῶδες τοῦτο the familiar bag-like thing, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.4) in Attic dialect law-language, οὗτος is commonly applied to the opponent, whether plaintiff (as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] or defendant (as in [Refs]; so, in the political speeches of [Refs 4th c.BC+] are the opposite party, [Refs], etc; but in the forensic speeches, οὗτοι frequently means the judges, the court, [Refs] C.I.5) much like an adverb, in local sense (compare ὅδε [near the start]), τίς δ᾽ οὗτος κατὰ νῆας. ἔρχεα; who art thou here that comest? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently in Attic dialect, τίς οὑτοσ; who's this here? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλὰ ὁρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα I see many sheep here, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ho you! you there! [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with a proper name, ὦ οὗτος, Αἴας [Refs 5th c.BC+] —This phrase mostly implies anger, impatience, or scorn. C.II) simply as antecedent to ὅς, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III) = τοιοῦτος, οὗτος ἐγὼ ταχυτᾶτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV) after a parenthesis, the Subject, though already named, is frequently emphatic repeated by οὗτος, οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Ἀριστέης, οὐδὲ οὗτος προσωτέρω. ἔφησε ἀπικέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.V) καὶ οὗτος is added to heighten the force of a previous word, ξυνεστῶτες. ναυτικῷ ἀγῶνι, καὶ τούτῳ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see infr. VIII.2. C.VI) repeated, where for the second we should merely say he or it, τοῖσιν τούτου τοῦτον μέλεσιν. κελαδοῦντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII) ταῦτα is used in some special phrases, C.VII.1) ταῦτ᾽, ὦ δέσποτα yes Sir (i. e. ἔστι ταῦτα, ταῦτα δράσω, etc.), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so also ἦν ταῦτα even so, true, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.2) ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ὑπάρξει so it shall be, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.3) καὶ ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα so much for that, frequently in Attic dialect, as [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VII.4) ταῦτα at end of a formula in epitaphs, etc, probably short for ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει or ὁ βίος ταῦτά ἐστιν, e.g. οὐδὶς (= -εὶς) ἀθάνατος: ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.VIII) Adverbial usages: C.VIII.1) ταῦταabsolutely, therefore, that is why, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἥκω, ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is rare in this sense, τοῦτ᾽ ἀφικόμην, ὅπως. εὖ πράξαιμί τι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ γὰρ τοῦτο just because of this, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.1.b) πρὸς ταῦτα so then, therefore, properly used in indignant defiance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2) καὶ ταῦτα, adding a circumstance heightening the force of what has been said, and that, ἄνδρα γενναῖον θανεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς γυναικός [Refs 4th c.BC+]: but mostly with a participle, ὅς γ᾽ ἐξέλυσας ἄστυ, καὶ ταῦθ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν οὐδὲν ἐξειδὼς πλέον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a participle omitted, ἥτις. τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὕβρισεν, καὶ ταῦτα τηλικοῦτος (i.e. οὖσα) [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.2.b) καὶ ταῦτα anyhow, no matter what happens (or happened), ἐπεχείρησας, οὐδὲν ὢν καὶ ταῦτα you tried, but were no good anyhow, i.e. try as you might, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.VIII.3) τοῦτο μέν, τοῦτο δέ. on the one hand, on the other, partly, partly, very frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῦτο μέν is sometimes answered by δέ only,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; by δὲ αὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἔπειτα δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by ἀλλά, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; by εἶτα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by τοῦτ᾽ αὖθις, [Refs] C.VIII.4) dative feminine ταύτῃ, C.VIII.4.a) on this spot, here, ταύτῃ μὲν, τῇδε δ᾽ αὖ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.b) in this point, herein, μηδὲν ταύτῃ γε κομήσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.4.c) in this way, thus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to ὅπῃ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταύτῃ καλεῖσθαι, etc, like οὕτω κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.5) ἐκ τούτου or τούτων thereupon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; therefore, [Refs] C.VIII.6) ἐν τούτῳ in that case, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.6.b) in the meantime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.VIII.7) πρὸς τούτοις (-οισι) besides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
οὗτος
Transliteration:
hoûtos
Pronounciation:
how'-tahee
Language:
Greek
I saw
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εἴδω
Greek:
εἶδον
Transliteration:
eidon
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to perceive
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Indicative 1st Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by a person or thing that is speaking or writing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to perceive, see
Tyndale
Word:
εἴδω
Transliteration:
eidō
Gloss:
to perceive: see
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
οἶδα, (from same root as εἶδον, which see), [in LXX chiefly for ידע;] pf. with present meaning (plpf. as impf; on irregular tense-forms, see App.), to have seen or perceived, hence, to know, have knowledge of: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.25:13, Mrk.10:19, Jhn.10:4, Rom.7:7, al; with accusative of person(s), Mat.26:72, Jhn.1:31, Act.3:16, al; τ. θεόν, 1Th.4:5, Tit.1:16, al; with accusative and inf, Luk.4:41, al; before ὅτι, Mat.9:6, Luk.20:21, Jhn.3:2, Rom.2:2 11:2, al; before quaest. indir, Mat.26:70, Jhn.9:21, Eph.1:18, al; with inf, to know how (cl.), Mat.7:11, Luk.11:13, Php.4:12, 1Th.4:4, al; in unique sense of respect, appreciate: 1Th.5:12 (but see also ICC on 1Th.4:4). SYN.: see: γινώσκω. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἴδω
Transliteration:
eidō
Gloss:
to perceive: see
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἴδω, no active present in use, ὁράω being used:—middle, see.below [Refs 4th c.BC+]: aorist 2 εἶδον always in sense of see (so in present and aorist 1 middle, to be seen, i.e. seem): but perfect οἶδα, in present sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, compare (ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Latin videre; with (ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Sanskrit véda, Gothic wait, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] wát 'know'.) A) aorist 2 εἶδον (late εἶδα [Refs 5th c.AD+]aorist to ὁράω, Epic dialect ἴδον, iterative ἴδεσκε [Refs 8th c.BC+], late Aeolic dialect εὔιδον [Refs]; imperative ἴδε (in Attic dialect written as adverb ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετ; subjunctive ἴδω, Epic dialect ἴδωμι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative ἴδοιμ; infinitive ἰδεῖν, Epic dialect ἰδέει; participle ἰδών: hence, future ἰδησῶ [Refs 3rd c.BC+] —middle, aorist 2 εἰδόμην, Epic dialect ἰδόμην, in same sense, poetry, Ionic dialect, and later Prose (with genitive, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; imperative ἰδοῦ (frequently written as adverb ἰδού, ={ἰδέ}); subjunctive ἴδωμα; optative ἰδοίμη; infinitive ἰδέσθα; participle ἰδόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] 1) see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; mark, observe, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently in infinitive after substantive or adjective, θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 1.b) see a person, i.e. meet him, speak with him, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 1.c) see, i.e. experience, νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλόχου κουριδίης. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) look, ἰδεῖν ἐς. look at or towards, [Refs]; πρός. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, [Refs 8th c.BC+] adverb or adjective, ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, [Refs]; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 3) see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν 'to see in his mind's eye', [Refs 8th c.BC+] 3.b) examine, investigate, [Refs]; consider, ἴδωμεν τί λέγομεν [Refs] II) middle, present εἴδομαι, Epic dialect ἐείδεται [Refs 3rd c.BC+], participle ἐειδόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist εἰσάμην, Epic dialect participle ἐεισάμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—only Epic dialect and Lyric poetry, to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; perhaps also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) with infinitive, appear or seem to be, τὸ δέ τοι κὴρ εἴδεται εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with infinitive omitted, οἱ τό γε κέρδιον εἴσατο θυμῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, look like or make a show of, εἴσατ᾽ ἴμεν ἐς Λῆμνον he made a show of going to Lemnos, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴσατο δ᾽ ὡς ὅτε ῥινόν it had the look as of a shield, [Refs] II.3) strictly middle, with dative, εἴσατο φθογγὴν Πολίτῃ she made herself like Polites in voice, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: especially in participle, like, εἰδομένη κήρυκι [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) perfect, οἶδα I know, used as present: pluperfect ᾔδεα (see. below), I knew, used as imperfect:—perfect οἶδα, Aeolic dialect ὄϊδα [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular οἶδας once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἶσθα elsewhere in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Attic dialect, etc; in Comedy texts also sometimes οἶσθας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; plural, ἴσμεν, Epic dialect, Aeolic dialect, and Doric dialect ἴδμεν, also Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἴδαμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] were formed Doric dialect 1st pers. singular ἴσᾱμι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἴσατι [Refs]; 1st pers. plural ἴσᾰμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect 3rd.pers. plural subjunctive ἴθθαντι [Refs]; infinitive ϝισάμην[Refs]; participle ἴσας [Refs 5th c.BC+]subjunctive εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect 3rd.pers. plural εἰδέωσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect also εἴδω [Refs 8th c.BC+], 1st pers. plural εἰδεῖμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: infinitive εἰδέναι, Epic dialect ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, also ἰδέμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: participle εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, Epic dialect also ἰδυῖα, Elean ϝειζώς [Refs]:—pluperfect ᾔδεα [Refs 8th c.BC+], contraction ᾔδη [Refs 8th c.BC+] frequently in codices, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also later Attic dialect, accusative to [Refs 5th c.BC+] (variant -εις, - ει), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect also 1st pers. singular ᾔδειν [Refs 4th c.BC+], 2nd pers. singular ᾔδεις [Refs 5th c.BC+], Ionic dialect ᾐδέατε [LXX+6th c.BC+]; late Epic dialect ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. plural ἴσαν [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—future, in this sense, εἴσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive εἰδησέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] —The aorist and perfect are usually supplied by γιγνώσκ; aorist 1 infinitive εἰδῆσαι is found in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural subjunctive εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No.[Refs 2nd c.BC+]:—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] know well, be assured of this, [Refs 8th c.BC+] adjective, to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with genitive, ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him,[Refs 5th c.BC+] be Zeus my witness, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle εἰδώς, absolutely, one who knows, one acquainted with the fact, ἰδυίῃ πάντ᾽ ἀγορεύω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.2) with infinitive, know how to do, οἶδ᾽ ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of drugs, ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 [Refs 5th c.BC+]; learn, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇ μὴ 'πὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς ὑψηλὸς εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) with participle, to know that such and such is the fact, the participle being in nominative when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in accusative when it is predicate of the Object, τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας πικρούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (i.e. ὄντα) [Refs 4th c.AD+] B.4) less frequently c.accusative et infinitive, πλήθους. ἂν σάφ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with accusative followed by ὡς, ὅτι, etc, οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) οὐκ οἶδ᾽ εἰ. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sometimes with ἄν transposed, οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε [Refs 5th c.BC+] perhaps no other, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ὅπως I know not how, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.8) οἶδα, ἴσθι are frequently parenthetic, οἶδ᾽ ἐγώ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι, πάρειμι δ᾽ ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ᾽ ὅτι (i.e. πάρειμι) I know it well, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+] —οἶσθ᾽ ὅ, οἶσθ᾽ ὡς, with _imperative_, are common in Trag. and Comedy texts, οἶσθ᾽ οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἶσθ᾽ ὡς πόησο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οἶσθ᾽. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇ; [Refs]; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]future, οἶσθ᾽ οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); [Refs]
Strongs > g1492
Word:
εἴδω
Transliteration:
eídō
Pronounciation:
i'-do
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent g3700 (ὀπτάνομαι) and g3708 (ὁράω); properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know; be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot; a primary verb
another
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἄλλος
Greek:
ἄλλον
Transliteration:
allon
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Adjective Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἄλλος
Transliteration:
allos
Gloss:
another
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἄλλος, -η, -ο, (cf. Lat. alius, Eng. else), [in LXX for אַחֵר,אֶחָד, etc;] other, another: absol, Mat.20:3, al; ἄ. δέ, 1Co.3:10 12:8; pl, Mrk.6:15; attached to a noun, Mat.2:12 4:21, al; with art, ὁ ἄ, the other, Mat.5:39, Jhn.19:32 (Bl, §47, 8); οἱ ἄ, the others, the rest, Jhn.20:25, 1Co.14:29; ἄ. πρὸς ἄλλον = πρὸς ἀλλήλους (BL, §48, 10), Act.2:12; ἄλλ᾽ (i.e. ἄλλο) ἤ (Bl, §77, 13), Luk.12:51; before πλήν, Mrk.12:32; εἰ μή, Jhn.6:22; παρά with accusative, 1Co.3:11. SYN.: ἕτερος, which see ἄ. denotes numerical, ἕ. qualitative difference (Cremer, 89). ἄ. generally "denotes simply distinction of individuals, ἕ. involves the secondary idea of difference in kind" (see Lft, Meyer, Ramsay, on Gal.1:6, 7; Tr, Syn., §xcv; BL, §51, 6; M, Pr., 79f, 246; MM, VGT, s.vv.). As to whether the distinction can be maintained in 1Co.12:8, 10 see ICC, in l, and on Heb.11:35 f, see Westc, in l. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἄλλος
Transliteration:
allos
Gloss:
another
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἄλλος, η, ο, [Refs 5th c.AD+] yος, cf. Latin alius):—another, i. e. one besides what has been mentioned, either adjective or pronoun: when adjective, its substantive is either in the same case, or in genitive, Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί[Refs 8th c.BC+] —ἄ. μέν. ἄ. δέ. one. another, more rarely the one. the other. (of two persons, etc.), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ μέν. ἄλλα δέ. [Refs 8th c.BC+], and Attic dialect; ἕτερον μέν. ἄλλον δέ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄλλο μέν. ἑτέρου δέ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) with τις, any other, οὐδέ τις ἄ. ἔγνω ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα Κασσάνδρη[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδεὶς ἄ. no other, [Refs]; ἄλλα πολλά[Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) frequently with another of its own cases or derived Adverbs, ἄ. ἄλλα λέγει one man says one thing, one another, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see at {ἄλλοθεν, ἄλλοσε, ἄλλοτε}; also with Verb in plural, παραλαμβάνων ἄ. ἄλλον ἐπ᾽ ἄλλου, τὸν δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλου χρείᾳ. ἐθέμεθα πόλιν ὄνομα[Refs 5th c.BC+] when the several parties are plural, λείπουσι τὸν λόφον. ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) ἄ. καὶ ἄ, one and then another, one or two, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο one thing after another, [Refs]; πρὸς ἄλλὡ καὶ ἄλλὡ σημείὡ to different points, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II.4) repeated for emphasis, ἄ. ἄ. τρόπος quite another sort, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.5) οὐδ᾽ ἄ. for οὐδέτερος, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II.6) with Article, ὁ ἄλλος, the rest, all besides; in plural, οἱ ἄλλοι (Ionic dialect contraction ὧλλοι) all the others, the rest, frequently from [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ ἄλλα, contraction τἆλλα, all else, τἆλλα πλὴν ὁ χρυσός[Refs]; in Attic dialect frequently as adverb, for the rest, especially in amendments to decrees, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα καθάπερ ὁ δεῖνα κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἄ. χρόνος, ={ὁ λοιπὸς χρόνος}, of the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but also of the past, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῇ ἄλλῃ ἡμέρᾳ, τῷ ἄλλῳ ἔτει, next day, next year, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἵτε ἄλλοι καί. all others and especially, γυναῖκας ἄλλας τε πολλὰς καὶ δὴκαὶ βασιλέος θυγατέρα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄλλα τε δὴ εἶπε, καί. [Refs 5th c.BC+] —τὸ ἄλλο is much less frequently than τὰ ἄλλα. II.7) with Numerals, yet, still, further, τρίτον ἄ. γένος[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπτος ποταμὸς ἄ. yet a fifth river, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.8) in enumerations, as well, besides, ἅμα τῇγε καὶ ἀμφίπολοι κίον ἄλλαι with her their mistress came attendants also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ γὰρ ἦν χόρτος οὐδὲ ἄ. δένδρον οὐδέν there was no grass nor any tree at all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσοφλὼν οὐ τὴν ἐπωβελίαν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλην ὕβριν besides, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with comparative, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with superlative, ὀϊζυρώτατος ἄλλων[Refs 8th c.BC+] III) less frequently, ={ἀλλοῖος}, of other sort, different, [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) in this sense, with genitive, ἄλλα τῶν δικαίων other than just, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —followed by ἤ, with preceding _negative_, οὐδὲ ἄλλο, οὐδὲν ἄλλο (or ἄλλο οὐδέν), ἤ. nothing else than, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἃ μηδὲν ἄλλο ἢ διανεῖταί τις which one only thinks, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἄλλογ᾽ ἢπόνοι; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί ἄλλο (i.e. ἐποίησαν) ἢ ἐπεβούλευσα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by Preps, πρό.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀντί. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; παρά. [Refs 8th c.BC+] —see also ἄλλο τι. III.3) other than what is, untrue, unreal, [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.4) other than right, wrong, bad, ἄλλου τινος ἡττῆσθαι yield to some unworthy motive, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare ἄλλως.
Strongs
Word:
ἄλλος
Transliteration:
állos
Pronounciation:
al'-los
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
"else," i.e. different (in many applications); more, one (another), (an-, some an-)other(-s, -wise); a primary word
angel
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἄγγελος
Greek:
ἄγγελον
Transliteration:
angelon
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
angel
Tyndale
Word:
ἄγγελος
Transliteration:
angelos
Gloss:
angel
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
ἄγγελος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for מַלְאָךְ;] 1) a messenger, one sent: Mat.11:10, Jas.22:25. 2) As in LXX, in the special sense of angel, a spiritual, heavenly being, attendant upon God and employed as his messenger to men, to make known his purposes, as Luk.1:11, or to execute them, as Mat.4:6. The ἄ. in Rev.1:20-2:1, al, is variously understood as (1) a messenger or delegate, (2) a bishop or ruler, (3) a guardian angel, (4) the prevailing spirit of each church, i.e. the Church itself. (Cf. Swete, Ap), in l; DB, iv, 991; Thayer, see word; Cremer, 18; MM, VGT, see word) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἄγγελος
Transliteration:
angelos
Gloss:
angel
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
ἄγγελος, ὁ, ἡ, messenger, envoy, [Refs 8th c.BC+] — proverbial, Ἀράβιος ἄ, of a loquacious person, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 2) generally, one that announces or tells, e.g. of birds of augury, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Μουσῶν ἄγγελος, of a poet, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἄ. ἄφθογγος, of a beacon, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; of the nightingale, ὄρνις. Διὸς ἄ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) angel, [LXX+NT+1st c.AD+] 4) in later philosophical, semi-divine being, ἡλιακοὶ ἄ.[Refs 4th c.AD+] in R.2.243 K; ἄ. καὶ ἀρχάγγελοι[Refs 5th c.AD+]: also in mystical and magical writings, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) title of Artemis at Syracuse, [Refs 5th c.AD+]
Strongs > g32
Word:
ἄγγελος
Transliteration:
ángelos
Pronounciation:
ang'-el-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
descending
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καταβαίνω
Greek:
καταβαίνοντα
Transliteration:
katabainonta
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to come/go down
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Participle Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
an ACTION that is happening - done by a male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to come down
Tyndale
Word:
καταβαίνω
Transliteration:
katabainō
Gloss:
to come/go down
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
κατα-βαίνω [in LXX chiefly for יָרַד;] to go or come down, descend. 1) Of persons: Mat.3:16 24:17, Luk.2:51 6:17 10:31 17:31 19:5-6, Jhn.4:47, 49 4:51 5:7, Act.7:34 8:15 10:20 20:10 23:10 24:1, 22 Eph.4:10. before ἀπό, Mat.8:1 14:29 27:40, 42 Mrk.3:22 15:30, Luk.10:30, Jhn.6:38, Act.25:7, 1Th.4:16; ἐκ, Mat.17:9; ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ, Mat.28:2, Mrk.9:9, Jhn.1:32 3:13 6:33, 41-42 6:50-51, 58 Rev.10:1 18:1 20:1; εἰς, Mrk.1:10, Luk.10:30 18:14, Jhn.2:12, Act.7:15 8:38 14:25 16:8 18:22 25:6, Rom.10:7, Eph.4:9; ἐπί, with accusative loc, Jhn.6:16; with accusative of person(s), Luk.3:22, Jhn.1:33, 51; ἐν, Jhn.5:4; πρός, with accusative of person(s), Act.10:21 14:11, Rev.12:12. 2) Of things: σκεῦος, Act.10:11 11:5; βροχή, Mat.7:25, 27; λαῖλαψ, Luk.8:23; before ἀπό, Luk.9:54, Act.8:26, Jas.1:17; ἐπὶ τ. γῆν, Luk.22:44 (WH, R, mg, reject); ἐκ τ. οὐρανοῦ before ἀπό, Rev.3:12 21:2, 10; id. before εἰς, Rev.13:13; ἐπί, with accusative of person(s), Rev.16:21. Fig, κ. ἕως ᾄδον, Mat.11:23, Luk.10:15, WH, txt, Tr, mg. (καταβιβασθήση, T, WH, mg, RV), (cf. συν-καταβαίνω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καταβαίνω
Transliteration:
katabainō
Gloss:
to come/go down
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
καταβαίνω, Doric dialect κᾰβαίνω [Refs 7th c.BC+]: future -βήσομαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect -βέβηκ; Boeotian dialect participle καταβεβάων [Refs]: aorist κατέβην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; poetry 3rd.pers. plural κατέβαν [LXX+8th c.BC+], Laconian dialect κάβασι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 1st pers. plural subjunctive καταβήομεν (variant{-βείομεν}) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; late 3rd.pers. singular optative κατάβοι [LXX+1st c.BC+]; poetry participle καββάς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect infinitive καταβήμεναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, Epic dialect aorist 1 κατεβήσετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; imperative καταβήσεο [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—go or come down from, with genitive, πόλιος κ. [Refs]; οὐρανόθεν κ[Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with Preps, ἐξ ὄρεος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. Ἀΐδαν, Ἀΐδα δόμον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (later absolutely, die, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; ἔσω κ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] she came down from the upper floor, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κλίμακα κατεβήσετο came down the ladder,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ξεστὸν ἐφόλκαιον καταβάς having got down by the lading-plank, [Refs 8th c.BC+] come downstairs, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially 1) dismount from a chariot or from horseback, δίφρου [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but κ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων give up riding, [Refs 4th c.BC+] —hence in passive, ἵππος καταβαίνεται the horse is dismounted from, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) go down from the inland parts to the sea, especially from central Asia [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also from Athens, κ. ἐς Πειραιᾶ, ἐς λιμένα, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) go down into the scene of contest, γυμνὸν ἐπὶ στάδιον κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸ τοῦτο (i.e. τὸ ἀεθλεύειν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, = Latin in certamen descendere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare καταβατέο; μέτρῳ καταβαίνειν 'seek no more contests' (μέτρῳ by litotes for μή), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μεθ᾽ ὅπλων κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] 4) of an orator, come down from the tribune, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, also κ. ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου, ἀπὸ τῶν ἰαμβείων, to cease from, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 5) less frequently of things, πρὶν. καταβήμεναι ἐκ Διὸς οὖρον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of tears, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of streams, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the womb, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πόσσω κατέβα τοι ἀφ᾽ ἱστ; at what price did [the robe] come down from the loom? [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; of the heavenly bodies, set, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) metaphorically, II.1) attain, πόμπιμον κατέβαινε νόστου τέλος [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, attain one's end, ἐν φάει κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; simply, come to, arrive at in course of speaking, κατέβαινε ἐς λιτάς he ended with prayer, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, κατέβαινε αὖτις παραιτεόμενος[Refs]; καταβάς, of a writer, [Refs 4th c.AD+] II.2) κ. εἰς. conform to, εἰς τοὺς Χρόνους κ. τούτους [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3) condescend, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.4) fall in value, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.5) λέγεται μηδὲν αὐτοῖς τούτων καταβαίνειν, of abusive language, does not affect them or get home, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
καταβαίνω
Transliteration:
katabaínō
Pronounciation:
kat-ab-ah'-ee-no
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
out of
Strongs:
Greek:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
out of
Tyndale
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐκ (ἐξ), prep. with genitive, from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. with genitive, of motion outwards, separation from (opposite to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from. I. Of Place, 1) of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jhn.6:31, Act.9:3, Gal.1:8, al; esp. after verbs of motion, Mat.8:28 17:9, Mrk.1:25 7:28, Jhn.1:33 20:1, Act.12:7, 17 27:30, al; constr. praeg, σώζειν (διας) ἐκ, Ju 5, Act.28:4. Metaphorical, Mat.7:4, 5, 1Pe.2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), before genitive of person(s), Luk.1:74, Jhn.10:28, 29, 39, Act.12:4 24:7, Rev.19:2; πίνειν (which see) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Luk.5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jhn.13:4, 2Co.2:4). 2) Of change from one place or condition to another: Jhn.8:42, Rom.6:13 13:11, Rev.7:14, al; with ellips. of verb of motion, 2Ti.2:26, 2Pe.2:21, Rev.2:21, al. 3) Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mat.13:47, 49, Jhn.12:1, Act.3:15, 1Pe.1:3, al; after εἷς, Mat.10:29 Luk.17:15, al; οὐδείς, Jhn.7:19, al; πολλοί, Jhn.11:19, al; τις, Luk.11:15, al; τίς, Mat.6:27, al; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jhn.16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου before genitive, = ἐκ (Heb. מִתּוֹךְ), Mat.13:49, al. 4) Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω): ἐκ δεξιῶν (see: δεξιός); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mrk.15:39 (metaphorically, Tit.2:8); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e, utterly), Mat.11:20. II. Of Time, 1) of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jhn.9:1, cf. Mrk.10:20, Luk.23:8, Act.24:10, al. 2) Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mrk.14:72, al, cf. Mat.26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, 2Pe.2:8. III. Of Origin, 1) of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Rom.9:10, Mat.1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mat.1:3 ff; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jhn.3:6 8:41, Gal.4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jhn.1:13 3:5ff, al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc, ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jhn.1:44; φυλῆς, Luk.2:36, al; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Luk.23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jhn.3:31. 2) Of the author, occasion or source: Mat.5:37, Jhn.2:16, Rom.2:29, 1Co.8:6, Gal.5:8, al; ἐκ (τ. θεοῦ, 1Co.7:7, 2Co.5:1, 1Jn.4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jhn.6:65, al; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jhn.3:31; εκ καρδίας, Rom.6:17, cf. Mrk.12:30, 1Ti.1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph.6:6, Col.3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Luk.19:22, Rev.20:12. 3) Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mat.15:5, Mrk.7:11, 2Co.2:2, al; frequently in Re after αδικεῖσθαι (2:11), etc. 4) Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Rev.16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Rev.8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jhn.6:66 19:12 (but see Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, 2Co.2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας, Jhn.18:37, 1Jn.3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Act.11:2, Rom.4:12, Gal.2:12, Col.4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25, Jhn.4:13, al; θερίζειν, Gal.6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. genitive), 1Co.10:13; with inf, ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, 2Co.8:11. 5) Of material: Mat.27:29, Jhn.2:15 19:2, Rom.9:21, 1Co.11:12, Rev.18:12, al; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. genitive): Mat.27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Act.1:18. IV. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mat.24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mrk.5:30 (see Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Luk.11:13. V. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, 2Co.9:7, Heb.7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, 2Co.8:13; ἐκ μέρους, 1Co.12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jhn.3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, 1Co.7:5. VI. in composition, ἐκ signifies, 1) procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. 2) Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaphorically, ἐξαγγάλλω. 3) Origin: ἔκγονος. 4) Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (see M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, also A) ἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ [Refs] and less frequently ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ; Cretan dialect and Boeotian dialect ἐς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐχ frequently in Attic dialect Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, [Refs]:—preposition governing GEN. only (except in [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—radical sense, from out of, frequently also simply, from. A.I) OF PLACE, the most frequently usage, variously modified: A.I.1) of Motion, out of, forth from, ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθὼν τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης [Refs 8th c.BC+] to strike with a spear in the hand, opposed to ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) ἐκ θυμοῦ φίλεον I loved her from my heart, with all my heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξ εὐμενῶν στέρνων δέχεσθαι receive with kindly heart, [Refs]; ὀρθὸς ἐξ ὀρθῶν δίφρων with chariot still upright, [Refs] A.I.3) to denote change or succession, frequently with an antithetic repetition of the same word, δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil comes from (or after) another, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόλιν ἐκ πόλεως ἀμείβειν, ἀλλάττειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, instead of, τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) to express separation or distinction from a number, ἐκ πολέων πίσυρες four out of many, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐκ τῶν δυναμένων to be one of the wealthy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν to me out of (i.e. above) all, [LXX+8th c.BC+] A.I.5) of Position, outside of, beyond, chiefly in early writers, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πατρίδος banished from one's country, [Refs]; ἐκ μεσου κατῆστο sate down apart from the company, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἠθέων τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατεῖλαι out of its accustomed quarters, [Refs]; ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν out of sight, [Refs]; ἐξ ὁδοῦ out of the road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) with Verbs of Rest, where previous motion is implied, on, in, δαῖέ οἱ ἐκ κόρυθος.πῦρ lighted a fire from (i.e. on) his helmet, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body in the river (with water from the river), [Refs 8th c.BC+] having hung a chain from heaven, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i.e. on) the peg, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνάπτεσθαι ἔκ τινος fasten from i.e. upon) a thing,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρισθεὶς ἐξ ἀντύγων gripped to the chariot-rail, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ βραχίονος ἵππον ἐπέλκουσα leading it [by a rein] upon her arm, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to have their hopes dependent upon them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χειρὸς ἄγειν lead by the hand, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι[Refs 2nd c.AD+] the robbers of the islands, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας those in the sea-fight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν those in the tents, [Refs 5th c.BC+] from Olympus where she stood, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καθῆσθαι ἐκ πάγων to sit on the heights and look from them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ βυθοῦ at the bottom, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] on the right, left, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ θαλάσσης, opposed to ἐκ τῆς μεσογείας, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.7) νικᾶν ἔκ τινος win a victory over, [NT] A.II) OF TIME, elliptic with pronoun relative and demonstrative, ἐξ οὗ [χρόνου] since, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in apodosis, ἐκ τοῦ from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] thereafter, [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually after this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ πολλοῦ (i.e. χρόνου) for a long time, [Refs]; ἐξ ὀλίγου at short notice, [Refs] (but also a short time since, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of particular points of time, ἐκ νεότητος.ἐς γῆρας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ νέου, ἐκ παιδός, from boyhood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καύματος ἔξ after hot weather, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης after clear weather,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so (like ἀπό II) ἐκ τῆς θυσίης γενέσθαι to have just finished sacrifice, [Refs], etc; ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου after breakfast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ εἰρήνης πολεμεῖν to go to war after peace, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χειμῶνος at the end of winter, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.II.3) at, in, ἐκ νυκτῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ λοιποῦ or ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν for the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF ORIGIN, A.III.1) of Material, out of or of which things are made, γίγνεταί τι ἔκ τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων formed line of battle from the troops as they marched up, [Refs] A.III.2) of Parentage, ἔκ τινος εἶναι, γενέσθαι, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ γὰρ ἐμεῦ γένος ἐσσί (where γένος is accusative [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) of Place of Origin or Birth, ἐκ Σιδῶνος.εὔχομαι εἶναι [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή the Areopagus, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου the Peripatetics, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημείας the Academic, [NT+2nd c.AD+] A.III.4) of the Author or Occasion of a thing, ὄναρ, τιμὴ ἐκ Διός ἐστιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; θάνατος ἐκ μνηστήρων death by the hand of the suitors, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ ἐξ Ἑλλήνων τείχεα walls built by them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κίνημα ἐξ αὑτοῦ spontaneous motion, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.5) with the agent after passive Verbs, by, poetical and early Prose, ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός they were beloved of (i.e.by) Zeus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται ἐκ Διός[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.6) of Cause, Instrument, or Means by which a thing is done, ἐκ πατέρων φιλότητος in consequence of our fathers' friendship, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τίνος λόγο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ το; wherefore? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖτε ὑμῖν φίλους ἐκ τοῦ Μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας make yourselves friends of (i.e. by means of), [NT+5th c.BC+] A.III.7) in accordance with, ἐκ τῶν λογίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κρινόμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.8) frequently as periphrastic for adverb, ἐκ προνοίας [Refs]; ἐκ βίας by force, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ, ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἴσου, ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with feminine adjective, ἐκ τῆς ἰθέης [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.9) of Number or Measurement, with numerals, ἐκ τρίτων in the third place, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; distributively, apiece, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.9.b) of Price, ἐξ ὀκτὼ ὀβολῶν [NT] A.III.9.c) of Weight, ἐπιπέμματα ἐξ ἡμιχοινικίου [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.9.d) of Space, θινώδης ὢν ὁ τόπος ἐξ εἴκοσι σταδίων by the space of twenty stades, [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ἐκ is frequently separated from its CASE, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—It takes an accent in anastrophe, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —It is combined with other Preps. to make the sense more definite, as διέκ, παρέκ, ὑπέκ. C) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), the sense of removal prevails; out, away, off. C.2) to express completion, like our utterly, ἐκπέρθω, ἐξαλαπάζω, ἐκβαρβαρόω, ἐκδιδάσκω, ἐκδιψάω, ἐκδωριεύομαι, ἐξοπλίζω, ἐξομματόω, ἔκλευκος, ἔκπικρος. D) As adverb, therefrom, [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Pronounciation:
ex
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
literal or figurative; direct or remote); after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out); a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τοῦ
Transliteration:
tou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
heaven,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὐρανός
Greek:
οὐρανοῦ,
Transliteration:
ouranou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranos
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
οὐρανός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for שָׁמַיִם (hence, often pl, οἱ οὐ, see infr.);] heaven; 1) of the vault or firmament of heaven, the sky and the aerial regions above the earth: opposite to ἡ γῆ, Heb.1:10, 2Pe.3:5, 10; ὁ οὐ. καὶ ἡ γῆ, i.e. the world, the universe, Mat.5:18, Mrk.13:31, Luk.10:21, Act.4:24, Rev.10:6, al; ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων οὐ. ἕως ἄ. αὐτῶν (on the absence of art. aft. prep, see Bl, §46, 5), Mat.24:31; ὑπὸ τὸν οὐ, Act.2:5, Col.1:23; ὑψωθῆναι ἕως τοῦ οὐ, figuratively, Mat.11:23, Luk.10:15; σημεῖον ἐκ τοῦ οὐ, Mat.16:1, Mrk.8:11, al; αἱ νεφέλαι, Mat.24:30, al; τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ, Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:32, al; οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐ, Rev.6:13, al; pl. (οἱ) οὐ. (Bl, §32, 5), Mat.3:16, Mrk.1:10, Jhn.1:32, 2Pe.3:7, 13 al. 2) Of the abode of God and other blessed beings: of angels, Mat.24:36, Mrk.12:25, Gal.1:8, Rev.10:1, al; of Christ glorified, Mrk.16:[19], Luk.24:51, Act.3:21, Rom.10:6, al; of God, Mat.5:34, Rom.1:18, al; ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐ. (Dalman, Words, 184ff.), Mat.5:16 6:1, al; θησαυρὸς ἐν οὐ, Mat.6:20, Mrk.10:21, al. 3) By meton, (a) of the inhabitants of heaven: Rev.18:20 (cf. ib. 12:12, Job.15:15, Isa.44:23); (b) as an evasive reference to God, characteristic of later Judaism (Dalman, Words, 204ff.): Mat.21:25, Mrk.11:30, Luk.15:18, Jhn.3:27, al; ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐ. (= τοῦ Θεοῦ); see: βασιλεία). βασιλεία, -ας, ἡ (βασιλεύω), [in LXX chiefly for מַמְלָכָה,מַלְכוּת;] 1) prop. abstract, sovereignty, royal power, dominion: Luk.1:33 22:29, Jhn.18:36, Act.1:6, Heb.1:8, 1Co.15:24; λαβεῖν β, Luk.19:12, 15 Rev.17:12; δοῦναι τὴν, ib. 17; ἔχειν β, ib. 18; ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τ. (εἰς τὴν) β, Mat.16:28, Luk.23:42; β. τ. θεοῦ, Rev.12:10. 2) By meton, concrete (MM, Exp., x), (a) a kingdom, the territory or people over whom the king rules (Est.5:3, al.): Mat.4:8 12:25, 26 24:7, Mrk.3:24 6:23, Luk.4:5, Heb.11:33, al; (b) the royal majesty (cf. our phrase His Majesty), the king himself (τ. σπέρμα τῆς β, 4Ki.11:1). 3) In LXX (Wis.6:5, Tob.13:1, al.), Targ. and NT, of the Messianic rule and kingdom, ἡ β. τ. θεοῦ, τ. οὐρανῶν (Heb. מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם, Aram. מַלְכוּתָא דִשׁמַיָּא; see Dalman, Words, 91-147; Cremer, 132, 658), the kingdom of God (on the equivalence of the two phrases, see Dalman, op. cit., 93, 218f.); τ. θεοῦ, Mat.6:33 12:28, al; τ. οὐρανῶν, Mat.3:2 4:17, al; τ. Χριστοῦ (מַלִכוּת דִמְשִׁיחא, Targ. Jon. on Isa.53:10), Eph.5:5; τ. κυρίου, 2Pe.1:11, Rev.11:15; τ. Δαυείδ, Mrk.11:10; absol, ἡ β, Mat.4:23, Jas.2:5, al. The kingdom is regarded as present: Mat.11:12, Luk.17:21, Rom.14:17, al; as that which is to be consummated in the future, Mat.6:10, Mrk.9:1, Jhn.3:5, 2Pe.1:11, al. Noteworthy phrases are: ζητεῖν τὴν β, Mat.6:33; δέχεσθαι, Mrk.10:15; κλρονομεῖν, Mat.25:34; διδόναι, Lk 12:32; παραλαμβάνειν, Heb.12:28; αὐτῶν (τοιούτων) εστὶν ἡ β, Mat.5:3, 10 19:14, Mrk.10:14, Luk.18:16; διὰ τὴν β, Mat.19:12; ἕνεκεν τῆς β, Luk.18:29; εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, κηρύσσειν, διαγγέλλειν τὴν β, Luk.4:43 9:2, 60; ἤγγικεν ἡ β, Mat.3:2, Mrk.1:15; κλεῖς τῆς β, Mat.16:10; κλείειν τὴν β, Mat.23:14; υἱοὶ τῆς β, Mat.8:12 13:38 (cf. Cremer, 132, 658). \ (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranos
Gloss:
heaven
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
οὐρᾰνός, ὁ, Doric dialect and Boeotian dialect ὠρανός [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ὄρανος (ὀράνω [Refs 7th c.BC+] I) heaven: in [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.1) vault or firmament of heaven, sky, γαῖα. ἐγείνατο ἶσον ἑαυτῇ οὐρανὸν ἀστερόεντα, ἵνα μιν περὶ πάντα καλύπτοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; wrapped in clouds, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; above the aether, [Refs 8th c.BC+] continued to regard it as solid (στερέμνιον), [Refs]; defined as αἰθέρος τὸ ἔσχατον by [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἠέλιος δὲ οὐρανοῦ ἐξαπόλωλε, of an eclipse, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) heaven, as the seat of the gods, outside or above this skyey vault, the portion of Zeus (see. Ὄλυμπος),[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πύλαι οὐρανοῦ [Refs]; so, later, οἱ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ the gods of heaven, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν οὐρανῷ θεοί (viz. Sun, etc.) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νὴ τὸν οὐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) in common language, sky, οὐδέ τις ἄλλη φαίνετο γαιάων, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ. ἠδὲ θάλασσα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κλέος οὐρανὸν ἵκει, κλέος οὐ. εὐρὺν ἱκάνει, renown reaches to heaven,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so ὀρυμαγδός, κνίση, σκόπελος οὐρανὸν ἷκεν or ἱκάνει, [Refs 8th c.BC+] deeds of violence 'cry to heaven', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς οὐρανὸν βιβάζειν τι to exalt to heaven, [Refs]; πρὸς τὸν οὐ. ἥλλοντο leaped up on high, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) in Philos, the heavens, universe, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the heavens, [LXX] I.5) a region of heaven, climate, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) anything shaped like the vault of heaven, as, II.1) vaulted roof or ceiling, [Refs 5th c.AD+] II.2) roof of the mouth, palate, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3) lid, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.4) tent, pavilion, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III) proper name, “Uranos”, son of Erebos and Gaia, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but husband of Gaia, parent of Cronos and the Titans (compare Οὐρανίδης),[Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
οὐρανός
Transliteration:
ouranós
Pronounciation:
oo-ran-os'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity); air, heaven(-ly), sky; perhaps from the same as g3735 (ὄρος) (through the idea of elevation)
having
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἔχω
Greek:
ἔχοντα
Transliteration:
echonta
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to have/be
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Participle Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
an ACTION that is happening - done by a male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἔχω
Transliteration:
echō
Gloss:
to have/be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἔχω, [in LXX for אָצֵל (ἐχόμενος), יֵשׁ,בַּעַל, etc, 59 words in all;] (on the Aktionsart of the various tenses, see M, Pr., 110, 145, 150, 183), to have, as in cl, in various senses and constructions. I. Trans; 1) 1. to have, hold, hold fast, etc; (a) to hold, as, in the hand: Rev.5:8 14:6, al; ἐν τ. χειρί, Rev.1:16 10:2, al; (b) of arms and clothing, = φέρω, φορέω, to bear, wear: Mat.3:4 22:12, al; so frequently present ptcp. (LS, see word, A, I, 6; Bl, 74, 2), Mrk.11:13, Jhn.18:10, Rev.9:17, al; (with) of a woman, ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ, to be with child: Mrk.13:17, Rom.9:10; (d) to hold fast, keep: Luk.19:20; metaphorically, of the mind and conduct, Mrk.16:8 (cf. Job.21:6, Isa.13:8; Deiss, BS, 293; Field, Notes, 44f.), Jhn.14:21, Rom.1:28, 1Ti.3:9, 2Ti.1:13, Rev.6:9, al; (e) to involve: Heb.10:35 (LXX), Jas.1:4, 1Jn.4:18; (f) = Lat. habere (Bl, §34, 5; 73, 5), to hold, consider: with accusative and predic. ptcp, Luk.14:18; with accusative, before ὡς, Mat.14:5; εἰς (Hebraism), Mat.21:46; on (Bl, §70, 2), Mrk.11:32. 2) to have, possess; (a) in general, with accusative of thing(s): Mat.19:22, Mrk.10:22, Luk.12:19, Jhn.10:16, 1Co.11:22, al; of wealth or poverty, absol, ἔχειν (neg. οὐκ, μή), Mat.13:12 25:29, 2Co.8:12; ἐκ τ. ἔχειν, according to your means, 2Co.8:11; (b) of relationship, association, and: πατέρα, Jhn.8:41; γυναῖκα (MM, xiv), 1Co.7:2; φίλον, Luk.11:5; βασιλέα, Jhn.19:15; ποιμένα, Mat.9:36; with dupl. accusative, Mat.3:9, al; (with) of parts or members: ὦτα, Mat.19:15; μέλη, Rom.12:4; θεμελίους, (d) with accusative, as periphrasis of verb: μνεῖαν ἔ. (= μεμνῆσθαι), 1Th.3:6; ἀγάπην, Jhn.13:35; γνῶσιν, 1Co.8:1; πεποίθησιν, 2Co.3:4; θλίψιν, Jhn.16:33, etc. (Thayer, see word, I, 2, f, g.); (e) of duty, necessity, etc: ἀνάγκην, 1Co.7:37; νόμον, Jhn.19:7; ἐπιταγήν, 1Co.7:25; ἀγῶνα, Php.1:30; κρίμα, 1Ti.5:12; (f) of complaints and disputes; κατά, with genitive of person(s), Mat.5:23, Mrk.11:25; id. before ὅτι, Rev.2:4, 20; with accusative before πρός, Act.24:19, al; (g) with inf, (α) (cl.) to be able (Field, Notes, 14): Mat.18:25, Mrk.14:8 (sc. ποιῆσαι), Luk.12:4, Act.4:14, al; (β) of necessity (BL, §69, 4): Luk.12:50, Act.23:17-19 28:19. II. Intrans. (BL, §53, 1), to be in a certain condition: ἑτοίμως ἔ, with inf, Act.21:13, 2Co.12:14; ἐσχάτως (which see), Mrk.5:23; κακῶς, to be ill, Mat.4:24, al; καλῶς, Mk 16:[18]; κομψότερον, Jhn.4:52; πῶς, Act.15:36; impers, ἄλλως εἴχει, it is otherwise, 1Ti.5:25; οὕτως, Act.7:1, al; τὸ νῦν ἔχον, as things now are (Tob.7:11), Act.24:25. III. Mid, -ομαι, to hold oneself fast, hold on or cling to, be next to: with genitive, τ. ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας, Heb.6:9 (Rendall, in l.); ptcp, ὁ ἐχόμενος, near, next: of place, Mrk.1:38; of time, τ. ἐχομένη (ἡμέρα, expressed or understood), Luk.13:33, Act.20:15 21:26; (σαββάτῳ), Act.13:44. (Cf. ἀν, προσ-αν, ἀντ, ἀπ, ἐν, ἐπ, κατ, μετ, παρ, περι, προ, προσ, συν, ὑπερ, ὑπ-έχω.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἔχω
Transliteration:
echō
Gloss:
to have/be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἔχω, A) 2nd pers. singular ἔχεισθα conjecture in [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular subjunctive ἔχῃσθα [Refs 8th c.BC+]imperfect εἶχον, Epic dialect ἔχον [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect and poetry ἔχεσκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]future ἕξω, Epic dialect infinitive ἑξέμεναι [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (of momentary action, especially in sense check, see below [Refs 4th c.BC+], not found in Attic dialect Inscrr. or [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular σχήσησθα [Refs]aorist 1 ἔσχης α falsa lectio in [Refs 3rd c.AD+]aorist 2 ἔσχον, imperative σχές [Refs 5th c.BC+] only in Oracle texts cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive σχῶ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural σχοίησαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive σχεῖν [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect σχέμεν [Refs] (in Alexandr. Gr. 3rd.pers. plural imperfect and aorist 2 εἴχοσαν [NT+3rd c.BC+], see at {Σχέθω}: perfect ἔσχηκα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ὄχωκα is uncertain, see at {συνόχωκα}:—middle, imperfect εἰχόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future ἕξομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σχήσομαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]perfect passive παρ-έσχημαι in middle sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 2 ἐσχόμην [Refs 8th c.BC+], rare in Attic dialect except in compounds; imperative σχέο [Refs 8th c.BC+]lon947, etc; infinitive σχέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] —passive, future middle ἐν-έξομαι in passive sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+], frequently in compounds (συ-) [Refs 1st c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἐσχέθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]future middle σχήσομαι in passive sense, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist 2 middle in passive sense, ἐσχόμην [Refs 8th c.BC+], participle σχόμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect ἔσχημαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; also in compounds, frequently written -ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codices of late authors. (I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] seĝh- (cf. Sanskrit sáhate 'overpower', Gothic sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissimilated from ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence reduplicate ἴσχω (= si-sĝh-o) (which see): compare ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξι; but hέχ- [Refs] A) Trans, have, hold: A.I) possess, of property, the most common usage, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to have received, θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ. (see. Hymns of vv.): in aorist, acquire, get, ὄνομα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also future σχήσω, δύναμιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, to be possessed, ἔντεα. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) keep, have charge of, ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (see. χείρ). A.I.2.b) metaphorically, of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) with accusative loci, inhabit, οὐρανόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ᾽ ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially of tutelary gods and heroes, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of men, πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Θήβας ἔσχον (ἔσχεν codices) ruled it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of beasts, τὰ ὄρη ἔ. [Refs] A.I.4) have to wife or as husband (usually without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα), οὕνεκ᾽ ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also of a lover, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—in passive, τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ᾽ Ἕκτορι [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.5) have in one's house, entertain, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.6) present participle with Verbs, almost, = with, ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα [Refs 5th c.BC+] —Prose use. A.I.7) of Place, ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but in aorist, get, περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.8) of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental, γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in, [Refs], etc; [Ἀφροδίτην[Refs 8th c.BC+]; κότον ἔ. τινί, ={κοτεῖσθαι},[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (future ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν [Refs 4th c.BC+] will not keep still for a moment, [Refs]; αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist, of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, [NT]: —these phrases are frequently inverted, οὓς ἔχε γῆρας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also of external objects, αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λόγος ἔχει τινά with infinitive, the story goes, that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so in later Gr, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι. [Refs 1st c.AD+]:—passive, ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.9) possess mentally, understand, ἵππων δμῆσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔχεις τ; do you understand? [Refs 5th c.BC+] attend! listen! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔ. οὖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; know of a thing, μαντικῆς ὁδόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τινὰ σωτηρία; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.10) keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.11) involve, admit of, τά γ᾽ αἰσχρὰ κἀνθάδ᾽ αἰσχύνην ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.12) of Measure or Value, τὸ Δαμαρέτειον. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.I.12.b) Geometry texts, ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, [Refs] A.I.13) with doubleaccusative, Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ᾽ ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) hold: A.II.1) hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc, see at {χεί; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ}. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, [Refs]; uphold, οὐρανὸν. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.2) hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] keep in one's mind, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.3) of arms and clothes, bear, wear, εἷμα δ᾽ ἔχ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ ὤμοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: absolutely, as a category, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.II.4) of a woman, to be pregnant, [Refs 5th c.BC+].ιγ. A.II.4.b) παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.II.5) support, sustain, especially an attack, with accusative person, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.6) hold fast, keep close, ὀχῆες εἶχον [πύλας[Refs] A.II.7) enclose, φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of places, contain, θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ᾽ ἔχει χῶρος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.8) hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, πεδίονδ᾽ ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους [Refs 8th c.BC+] that way he held his course, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Πύλονδ᾽ ἔχον I held on to Pylos, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also (especially in future σχήσω, aorist 2 ἔσχον), put in, land, νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχε. ἀρὰν ἐπ᾽ ἄλλοις point it against others, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄμμ᾽ ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, [Refs]; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.9) hold in, stay, keep back, ἵππους [Refs 8th c.BC+]; check, stop, [τινα] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, [Refs]; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, see at {πούς}:—passive, οὖρα σχεθέντα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.II.10) keep away from, with genitive of things, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: c.infinitive, ἦ τινα. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; stop, hinder from doing, τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥστε μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with participle, ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.11) keep back, withhold a thing, ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.12) hold in guard, keep safe, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of armour, protect, [Refs] A.II.13) with predicate, keep in a condition or place, εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.14) hold, consider, τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν [NT+7th c.BC+] A.III) c.infinitive, have means or power to do, to be able, with aorist infinitive, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with present infinitive, [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ᾽ οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷά κ᾽ ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.b) have to face, be obliged, παθεῖν [NT+2nd c.AD+] A.III.2) after [Refs 8th c.BC+], followed by a dependent clause, I know not, οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the two constructions combined, οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ᾽ ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ᾽ ὅπως. πράξαιμεν [Refs] A.IV) impersonal with accusative, there is. (as in Mod. Gr.), ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν [Refs] B) intransitive, hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (i.e. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἕξω δ᾽ ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔγχος ἔχ᾽ ἀτρέμας it kept still, [Refs]; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχε δή stay now, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.2) hold fast, οὐδέ οἱ ἔσχεν ὀστέον [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.6) B.3) with genitive, keep from, πολέμου [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.4) with Preps, to be engaged or busy, ἀμφί τι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) simply, be, ἑκὰς εἶχον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) frequently with adverbs of manner, εὖ ἔχει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, see at {καλός, κακός} (but future σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὕτως. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Latin cum res ita se habeant, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἔχω how I am, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, ={ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, see at {καλός}. B.II.2.b) with genitive modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, [Refs]; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ἥκ; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πῶς ἔχεις δόξη; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) of direction, hold or turn towards, see above [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.2) stand up, jut out, κίονες ὑψόσ᾽ ἔχοντες [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.3) lead towards, ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards, ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους [Refs]; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, [Refs], etc; of Place, extend, reach to, ἐπ᾽ ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε [Refs] B.III.4) ἐπί τινι ἔ. have hostile feelings to wards, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.IV) after [Refs 8th c.BC+] as auxiliary, with aorist participle giving a perfect sense, κρύψαντες ἔχουσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in late Prose, ἀναλώσας ἔχεις [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with perfect participle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with present participle, πατρίδα καταστένουσ᾽ ἔχεις [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.IV.2) participle ἔχων, with present, adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ; why do you keep poking about there? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ; why then keep wasting time? [Refs]; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ᾽ ἔ.[Refs], you keep chattering, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so in later Prose, παίζεις ἔ. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? [Refs 1st c.AD+] C) middle, hold oneself fast, cling closely, τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]: mostly with genitive, hold on by, cling to, [πέτρης[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) metaphorically, cleave, cling to, ἔργου [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῶν πραγμάτων [Refs 4th c.AD+]; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; lay hold on, take advantage of, τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο [Refs 6th c.BC+]; fasten upon, attack, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; lay claim to, ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be zealous for, [μάχης] [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) come next to, follow closely,[Refs]; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, with genitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.[Refs]; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.4) depend, ἔκ τινος [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.4.b) to be connected with by etymology, τὸ θύειν τοῦ θυμιᾶν εἴχετο [Refs 3rd c.AD+] C.5) pertain to, ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων [Refs] C.II) bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ᾽ ἔσχετο his shield, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III) maintain oneself, hold one's ground,[Refs] C.III.2) with accusative, keep off from oneself, repel, [Refs] C.IV) keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: c.infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, [Refs 8th c.BC+], hold! cease! [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.V) passive of ἔχω [Refs 5th c.BC+] are balanced on, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἔχω
Transliteration:
échō
Pronounciation:
skheh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition); be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use; a primary verb
authority
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐξουσία
Greek:
ἐξουσίαν
Transliteration:
exousian
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐξουσία
Transliteration:
exousia
Gloss:
authority
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
ἐξουσία, -ας, ἡ (ἔξεστι), [in LXX: 4Ki.20:13, Psa.113 (114):2 135 (136)8, 9, Isa.39:2, Jer.28 (51):28 (מֶמְשָׁלָה), frequently in Da for Aram. שָׁלְטָן, etc, Wis.10:14, Sir.9:13, al;] 1) prop, liberty or power to act, freedom to exercise the inward force or faculty expressed by δύναμις (which see): 1Co.9:12; ἐ. ἔχειν, 2Th.3:9; id. before inf, Jhn.10:18, 1Co.9:4, 5; with genitive obj, Rom.9:21; before ἐπί, with accusative, Rev.22:14; περί, 1Co.7:37. 2) Later (cf. Milligan, Th., 114; MM, Exp., xiv), of the power of right, authority: Mat.21:33, Mrk.11:28, Luk.20:2; of Messianic authority, Mat.9:6, Mrk.2:10, al; of apostolic authority, 2Co.10:8 13:10; of the authority of government: Mat.8:9 28:18, Ju 25, Rev.12:10, al; esp. of judicial authority, Luk.20:20, Jhn.19:10, 11. 3) Meton, (a) jurisdiction: Luk.23:7 (cf. 1Ma.6:11, Isa.39:2); (b) a ruler or magistrate: Rom.13:1-3; pl, Luk.12:11, Rom.13:1, Tit.3:1; (with) of supramundane powers (syn. with ἀρχή, δύναμις, θρόνος, κυριότης): 1Co.15:24, Eph.1:21 3:10, Col.2:10, 1Pe.3:22, al. (Cremer. 236). SYN.: see: δύναμις. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐξουσία
Transliteration:
exousia
Gloss:
authority
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
ἐξουσ-ία, ἡ, (ἔξεστι) power, authority to do a thing, with infinitive, χαίρειν καὶ νοσεῖν ἐ. πάρεστι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξουσίαν ὁ νόμος δέδωκε permission to do, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐ. with the freedom permitted by peace, [Refs 4th c.BC+] power of life and death, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; πρᾶγμα οὗ τὴν ἐ. ἔχουσιν ἄλλοι control over, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἐ. τινός power over, licence in a thing, τοῦ λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν μεγάλῃ ἐ. τοῦ ἀδικεῖν[Refs]; κατὰ τὴν οὐκ ἐ. τῆς ἀγωνίσεως from want of qualification for, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, power, authority, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) abuse of authority, licence, arrogance, ὕβρις καὶ ἐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) Lit. Crit, ἐ. ποιητική poetic licence, [Refs 1st c.BC+] II) office, magistracy, ἀρχαὶ καὶ ἐ. [LXX+5th c.BC+]; ἡ ὑπατικὴ ἐ. the consulate, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ἡ ταμιευτικὴ ἐ. the quaestorship, [Refs]; δημαρχικὴ ἐ, see at {δημαρχικό; ἡ τοῦ θαλάμου ἐ}, in the Roman empire, lordship of the bedchamber, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.2) concrete, body of magistrates, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; αἱ ἐ. (as we say) the authorities, [NT+1st c.AD+] II.2.b) ἡ ἐ. as an honorary title, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III) abundance of means, resources, ἐξουσίας ἐπίδειξις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; excessive wealth, opposed to οὐσία, [Refs] IV) pomp, [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐξουσία
Transliteration:
exousía
Pronounciation:
ex-oo-see'-ah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence; authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength; from g1832 (ἔξεστι) (in the sense of ability)
great,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μέγας
Greek:
μεγάλην,
Transliteration:
megalēn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
great
Morphhology:
Adjective Accusative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a female person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μέγας
Transliteration:
megas
Gloss:
great
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα, [in LXX chiefly for גָּדוֹל, also for מַרְבֶּה,רַב (incl. μείζων), רֹב (μέγιστος);] great; 1) of external form, bodily size, measure, extent: λίθος, Mat.2:60; δράκων, Rev.12:3; ἰχθῦς, Jhn.21:11; πόλις, Rev.11:8; μάχαιρα, Rev.6:4, al. 2) Of intensity and degree: δύναμις, Act.4:33; φόβος, Mrk.4:41; ἀγάπη, Jhn.15:13; ἄνεμος, 'ib. 6:18; κραυγή, Act.23:9; φῶς, Mat.4:16; πυρετός, Luk.4:38; θλίψις, Mat.24:21. 3) Of rank; (a) of persons: θεός (MM, xvi), Tit.2:13; Ἄρτεμις, Act.19:27; compar. (see infr.), Mat.18:1 (cf. Dalman, Words, 113f.); neut. for masc. (Bl, §32, 1), Mat.12:6; (b) of things: ἁμαρτία, Jhn.19:11; μυστήριον, Eph.5:32; = μεγίστη (see infr, and cf. Field, Notes, 16f.), Mat.22:36; compar. for superl. (M, Pr., 78), 1Co.13:13. 4) (a) Compar, μείζων: Mat.11:11 23:17, al; neut. pl, μείζονα, contr. μείζω, Jhn.1:51; double compar, μειζότερος (M, Pr., 236; Bl, §11, 4), III Jo 4; (b) superl, μέγιστος (Deiss, BS, 365), 2Pe.1:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέγας
Transliteration:
megas
Gloss:
great
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
μέγᾰς, μεγάλη [ᾰ], μέγα [ᾰ], genitive μεγάλου, ης, ου, dative μεγάλῳ, ῃ, ῳ, accusative μέγᾰν, μεγάλην, μέγα [ᾰ]; dual μεγάλω, α, w; plural μεγάλοι, μεγάλαι, μεγάλα, etc: the stem μεγάλο- is never used in singular nominative and accusative masculine and neuter, and only once in vocative masculine, A) ὦ μεγάλε Ζεῦ [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I) big, of bodily size: frequently of stature, εἶδος. μ. ἦν ὁράασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φῶτα μέγαν καὶ καλόν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φύσιν τίν᾽ εἶχε φράζ; Answ. μέγας [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.b) full-grown, of age as shown by stature, νῦν δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ μ. εἰμί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later, elder of two persons of the same name, Wilcken [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Σκιπίων ὁ μ. [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.I.c) of animals, μ. ἵπποι, βοῦς, σῦς, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) generally, vast, high, οὐρανός, ὄρος, πύργος, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; wide, πέλαγος, λαῖτμα θαλάσσης, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; long, ἠϊών, αἰγιαλός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but usually opposed to μικρός or σμικρός, πρὸς ἑαυτὸ ἕκαστον καὶ μ. καὶ σμικρόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) of quality or degree, great, mighty, frequently epithet of gods, ὁ μ. Ζεύς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μεγάλα θεά, of Demeter and Persephone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θεοὶ μεγάλοι, of the Cabiri, [Refs]; Μήτηρ μ, of Cybele, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Μήτηρ θεῶν μ. [Refs]; Ἴσιδος μ. μητρὸς θεῶν [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; μ. ἡ Ἄρτεμις Ἐφεσίων [NT]; τίς θεὸς μ. ὡς ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶ; [LXX+NT]; of men, μ. ἠδὲ κραταιός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μέγας ηὐξήθη rose to greatness, [Refs 4th c.BC+], i. e. the King of Persia, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as a title of special monarchs, Ἀρδιαῖος ὁ μ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) strong, of the elements, etc, ἄνεμος, λαῖλαψ, Ζέφυρος, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of properties, passions, qualities, feelings, etc, of men, θάρσος, πένθος, ποθή, etc,[NT+8th c.BC+]; ἡ μ. νοῦσος epilepsy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) of sounds, great, loud, ἀλαλητός, ἰαχή, πάταγος, ὀρυμαγδός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; θόρυβοι, κωκυτός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) generally, great, mighty, ὅρκος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὄλβος, τιμά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μ. λόγος, μῦθος, a great story, rumour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐρώτημα a big, i. e. difficult, question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; weighty, important, τόδε μεῖζον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μέγα ποιέεσθαί τι to esteem of great importance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἂν εἴη παρὰ μέγα τὸ δικολογεῖν not of great importance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ δὲ μέγιστον and what is most important, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ μέγιστοι καιροί the most pressing emergencies, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μ. ὠνησάμενοι χρημάτων for large sums, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.II.5) with a bad sense, over-great, μέγα εἰπεῖν to speak big, and so provoke divine wrath, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔπος μ, μ. λόγοι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μηδὲν μέγ᾽ εἴπῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μεγάλα, μεῖζον ἢ δικαίως πνεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.6) of style. impressive, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μεῖζον more striking, [Refs] A.II.7) of days, long, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B) adverb μεγάλως [ᾰ] greatly, mightily, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II) more frequently neuter singular μέγα as adverb, very much, exceedingly, μ. χαῖρε all hail, see l. for μάλα in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially with Verbs expressing strong feeling, μ. κεν κεχαροίατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; or those expressing sound, loudly, μ. ἰάχειν, ἀῧσαι, βοῆσαι, εὔξασθαι, ἀμβῶσαι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. αὐδήσαντος, μ. ἤπυεν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in plural, μεγάλα. δυστυχεῖς [Refs] B.II.2) of Space, far, μέγα προθορών [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄνευθε μέγα far away,[Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3) with adjectives, as μέγ᾽ ἔξοχος, μέγα νήπιος, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μ. νήπιε Oracle texts cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with comparative and superlative, by far, μέγ᾽ ἀμείνονες, ἄριστος, φέρτατος, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) degrees of Comparison (regular μεγαλώτερος, -ώτατος late, [Refs] C.1) comparative μείζων, ον, genitive ονος, Epic dialect, Attic dialect (also Delph, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect, [Refs 4th c.AD+], Doric dialect, Aeolic dialect μέζων, ον, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (also early Attic dialect, [Refs]; dative plural μεζόνεσσι [Refs 7th c.BC+]: compare μέττον· μεῖζον, [NT+5th c.AD+] (used as title, elder, [Refs 6th c.AD+]; μειζονώτερος [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—greater, longer, taller, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently also, too great, γέρας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Μηνόφιλος μείζων M. the elder, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; as title, μειζων κώμης headman of a village, [Refs 4th c.AD+], etc: generally, the higher authority, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; οὔτε μεῖζον οὔτε ἔλαττον, a strong form of denial, nothing whatever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb μειζόνως [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect μεζόνως [Refs 5th c.BC+]: neuter as adverb, μεῖζον σθένειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.2) superlative μέγιστος, η, ον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: neuter as adverb, μέγιστον ἴσχυσε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δυνάμενος μ, with genitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with another superlative, μέγιστον ἐχθίστη [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς μέγιστον[Refs 5th c.BC+]:—late superlative μεγιστότατος [Refs 1st c.AD+]. (Cf. Sanskrit majmán- 'greatness', Latin magnus, Gothic mikils 'great'.)
Strongs
Word:
μέγας
Transliteration:
mégas
Pronounciation:
meg'-as
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
ἡ
Transliteration:
hē
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Nominative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC female person or thing that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
earth
Strongs:
Greek:
γῆ
Transliteration:
gē
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Nominative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
earth, planet
Tyndale
Word:
γῆ
Origin:
a Meaning of g1093I
Transliteration:
gē
Gloss:
earth: planet
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
γῆ, γῆς, ἡ, [in LXX for אֲדָמָה,אֶרֶץ, etc;] 1) the earth, world: Luk.21:35, Act.1:8, Heb.11:13, Rev.3:10, al; opposite to οὐρανός, Mat.5:18 11:25, Mrk.13:27, al. 2) land; (a) opposite to sea or water: Mrk.4:1, Luk.5:3, Jhn.6:21, al; (b) as subject to cultivation: Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:8, Luk.13:7, Heb.6:7, al; (with) the ground: Mat.10:29, Mrk.8:6, Luk.24:5, Jhn.8:6, al; (d) a region, country: Luk.4:25, Rom.9:28, Jas.5:17; γῆ Ἰσραήλ, Mat.2:20, 21; Χαλδαίων, Act.7:4; ἡ Ἰουδαία γῆ, Jhn.3:22; with genitive of person(s), Act.7:3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
γῆ
Origin:
a Meaning of g1093I
Transliteration:
gē
Gloss:
earth: planet
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
γῆ, ἡ, occasionally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: dual γαῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γῶν [Refs 2nd c.BC+]:—earth (including land and sea, [Refs 7th c.BC+] opposed to heaven, or land opposed to sea, Γῆ τε καὶ Ἠέλιος καὶ Ἐρινύες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς γ; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ γῆν on land, by land, opposed to ναυσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐκ θαλάσσης, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ γῆς on earth, opposed to νέρθε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ γῆς below the earth, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: genitive with local Adverbs, ἵνα γῆς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποῦ, ποῖ, ὅποι γ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) earth, as an element, [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2.b) γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ αἰτεῖν, as tokens of submission, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) land, country, καὶ γῆν καὶ πόλιν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γῆν πρὸ γῆς ἐλαύνεσθαι, διώκειν, from land to land, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; one's native land, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; frequently omitted with article, ἐκ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ (i.e. γῆς) δραπέτας [Refs] II.2) frequently in Trag, city, αὐτός τε καὶ γῆ δορὶ πεσοῦσ᾽ Ἑλληνικῷ [Refs] III) the earth or ground as tilled, ἄροτον γῆς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; τὴν γῆν ἐργάζεσθαι, θεραπεύειν, till the ground, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) estate, farm, γῆν πρίασθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ γῇ δανείζειν lend on mortgage, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV) of particular kinds of earth or minerals, e.g. fuller's earth. [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs > g1093
Word:
γῆ
Transliteration:
gē
Pronounciation:
ghay
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application); country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world; contracted from a primary word
was illuminated
Strongs:
Lexicon:
φωτίζω
Greek:
ἐφωτίσθη
Transliteration:
ephōtisthē
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to illuminate
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Passive Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that was done to a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
φωτίζω
Transliteration:
phōtizō
Gloss:
to illuminate
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φωτίζω (φῶς) [in LXX for אוֹר hi, יָרָה hi, etc;] 1) intrans, to shine, give light (Arist, Plut, a1.): before ἐπί, Rev.22:5. 2) Trans. (a) to illumine, enlighten (Diod, Plut, al.): with accusative, Luk.11:36, Rev.21:23; pass, Rev.18:1. Metaphorical, of spiritual enlightenment (Psa.119:130, Sir.45:17, al.): Jhn.1:9, Eph.1:18 3:9, R, txt, Heb.6:4 10:32; (b) to bring to light, make known (Polyb.): 1Co.4:5, Eph.3:9, R, mg, 2Ti.1:10 (cf. Kennedy, Sources, 107 f.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
φωτίζω
Transliteration:
phōtizō
Gloss:
to illuminate
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φωτίζω, future φωτίσω [NT]:—I. absolutely, shine, give light, ὁ ἄνθραξ [οὐ δύναται] φωτίζειν ὥσπερ ἡ φλόξ [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) transitive, illuminate, ὁ ἥλιος φ. τὸν κόσμον [Refs 1st c.BC+] —passive, τὸ φωτιζόμενον, opposed to τὸ φωτίζον,[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of a planet, [Refs 5th c.AD+] II.2) bring to light, make known, τὴν ἑκατέρων αἵρεσιν [NT+2nd c.BC+]:—passive, γράμματα ἑαλωκότα καὶ πεφωτισμένα [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.3) enlighten, instruct, teach, φ. τινάς, πῶς. [LXX+NT] II.4) illuminate with spiritual light, ὁ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πεφωτισμένος [Refs] II.4.b) in a special sense, baptize, in passive, [NT] II.5) throw light upon, illustrate, of commentators, Ὅμηρον [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
φωτίζω
Transliteration:
phōtízō
Pronounciation:
fo-tid'-zo
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (transitively) to brighten up (literally or figuratively); enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see; from g5457 (φῶς)
from
Strongs:
Greek:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
out of
Tyndale
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐκ (ἐξ), prep. with genitive, from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. with genitive, of motion outwards, separation from (opposite to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from. I. Of Place, 1) of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jhn.6:31, Act.9:3, Gal.1:8, al; esp. after verbs of motion, Mat.8:28 17:9, Mrk.1:25 7:28, Jhn.1:33 20:1, Act.12:7, 17 27:30, al; constr. praeg, σώζειν (διας) ἐκ, Ju 5, Act.28:4. Metaphorical, Mat.7:4, 5, 1Pe.2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), before genitive of person(s), Luk.1:74, Jhn.10:28, 29, 39, Act.12:4 24:7, Rev.19:2; πίνειν (which see) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Luk.5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jhn.13:4, 2Co.2:4). 2) Of change from one place or condition to another: Jhn.8:42, Rom.6:13 13:11, Rev.7:14, al; with ellips. of verb of motion, 2Ti.2:26, 2Pe.2:21, Rev.2:21, al. 3) Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mat.13:47, 49, Jhn.12:1, Act.3:15, 1Pe.1:3, al; after εἷς, Mat.10:29 Luk.17:15, al; οὐδείς, Jhn.7:19, al; πολλοί, Jhn.11:19, al; τις, Luk.11:15, al; τίς, Mat.6:27, al; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jhn.16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου before genitive, = ἐκ (Heb. מִתּוֹךְ), Mat.13:49, al. 4) Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω): ἐκ δεξιῶν (see: δεξιός); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mrk.15:39 (metaphorically, Tit.2:8); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e, utterly), Mat.11:20. II. Of Time, 1) of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jhn.9:1, cf. Mrk.10:20, Luk.23:8, Act.24:10, al. 2) Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mrk.14:72, al, cf. Mat.26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, 2Pe.2:8. III. Of Origin, 1) of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Rom.9:10, Mat.1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mat.1:3 ff; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jhn.3:6 8:41, Gal.4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jhn.1:13 3:5ff, al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc, ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jhn.1:44; φυλῆς, Luk.2:36, al; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Luk.23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jhn.3:31. 2) Of the author, occasion or source: Mat.5:37, Jhn.2:16, Rom.2:29, 1Co.8:6, Gal.5:8, al; ἐκ (τ. θεοῦ, 1Co.7:7, 2Co.5:1, 1Jn.4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jhn.6:65, al; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jhn.3:31; εκ καρδίας, Rom.6:17, cf. Mrk.12:30, 1Ti.1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph.6:6, Col.3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Luk.19:22, Rev.20:12. 3) Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mat.15:5, Mrk.7:11, 2Co.2:2, al; frequently in Re after αδικεῖσθαι (2:11), etc. 4) Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Rev.16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Rev.8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jhn.6:66 19:12 (but see Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, 2Co.2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας, Jhn.18:37, 1Jn.3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Act.11:2, Rom.4:12, Gal.2:12, Col.4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25, Jhn.4:13, al; θερίζειν, Gal.6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. genitive), 1Co.10:13; with inf, ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, 2Co.8:11. 5) Of material: Mat.27:29, Jhn.2:15 19:2, Rom.9:21, 1Co.11:12, Rev.18:12, al; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. genitive): Mat.27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Act.1:18. IV. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mat.24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mrk.5:30 (see Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Luk.11:13. V. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, 2Co.9:7, Heb.7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, 2Co.8:13; ἐκ μέρους, 1Co.12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jhn.3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, 1Co.7:5. VI. in composition, ἐκ signifies, 1) procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. 2) Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaphorically, ἐξαγγάλλω. 3) Origin: ἔκγονος. 4) Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (see M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, also A) ἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ [Refs] and less frequently ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ; Cretan dialect and Boeotian dialect ἐς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐχ frequently in Attic dialect Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, [Refs]:—preposition governing GEN. only (except in [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—radical sense, from out of, frequently also simply, from. A.I) OF PLACE, the most frequently usage, variously modified: A.I.1) of Motion, out of, forth from, ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθὼν τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης [Refs 8th c.BC+] to strike with a spear in the hand, opposed to ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) ἐκ θυμοῦ φίλεον I loved her from my heart, with all my heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξ εὐμενῶν στέρνων δέχεσθαι receive with kindly heart, [Refs]; ὀρθὸς ἐξ ὀρθῶν δίφρων with chariot still upright, [Refs] A.I.3) to denote change or succession, frequently with an antithetic repetition of the same word, δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil comes from (or after) another, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόλιν ἐκ πόλεως ἀμείβειν, ἀλλάττειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, instead of, τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) to express separation or distinction from a number, ἐκ πολέων πίσυρες four out of many, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐκ τῶν δυναμένων to be one of the wealthy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν to me out of (i.e. above) all, [LXX+8th c.BC+] A.I.5) of Position, outside of, beyond, chiefly in early writers, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πατρίδος banished from one's country, [Refs]; ἐκ μεσου κατῆστο sate down apart from the company, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἠθέων τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατεῖλαι out of its accustomed quarters, [Refs]; ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν out of sight, [Refs]; ἐξ ὁδοῦ out of the road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) with Verbs of Rest, where previous motion is implied, on, in, δαῖέ οἱ ἐκ κόρυθος.πῦρ lighted a fire from (i.e. on) his helmet, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body in the river (with water from the river), [Refs 8th c.BC+] having hung a chain from heaven, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i.e. on) the peg, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνάπτεσθαι ἔκ τινος fasten from i.e. upon) a thing,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρισθεὶς ἐξ ἀντύγων gripped to the chariot-rail, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ βραχίονος ἵππον ἐπέλκουσα leading it [by a rein] upon her arm, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to have their hopes dependent upon them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χειρὸς ἄγειν lead by the hand, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι[Refs 2nd c.AD+] the robbers of the islands, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας those in the sea-fight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν those in the tents, [Refs 5th c.BC+] from Olympus where she stood, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καθῆσθαι ἐκ πάγων to sit on the heights and look from them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ βυθοῦ at the bottom, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] on the right, left, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ θαλάσσης, opposed to ἐκ τῆς μεσογείας, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.7) νικᾶν ἔκ τινος win a victory over, [NT] A.II) OF TIME, elliptic with pronoun relative and demonstrative, ἐξ οὗ [χρόνου] since, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in apodosis, ἐκ τοῦ from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] thereafter, [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually after this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ πολλοῦ (i.e. χρόνου) for a long time, [Refs]; ἐξ ὀλίγου at short notice, [Refs] (but also a short time since, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of particular points of time, ἐκ νεότητος.ἐς γῆρας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ νέου, ἐκ παιδός, from boyhood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καύματος ἔξ after hot weather, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης after clear weather,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so (like ἀπό II) ἐκ τῆς θυσίης γενέσθαι to have just finished sacrifice, [Refs], etc; ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου after breakfast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ εἰρήνης πολεμεῖν to go to war after peace, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χειμῶνος at the end of winter, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.II.3) at, in, ἐκ νυκτῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ λοιποῦ or ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν for the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF ORIGIN, A.III.1) of Material, out of or of which things are made, γίγνεταί τι ἔκ τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων formed line of battle from the troops as they marched up, [Refs] A.III.2) of Parentage, ἔκ τινος εἶναι, γενέσθαι, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ γὰρ ἐμεῦ γένος ἐσσί (where γένος is accusative [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) of Place of Origin or Birth, ἐκ Σιδῶνος.εὔχομαι εἶναι [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή the Areopagus, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου the Peripatetics, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημείας the Academic, [NT+2nd c.AD+] A.III.4) of the Author or Occasion of a thing, ὄναρ, τιμὴ ἐκ Διός ἐστιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; θάνατος ἐκ μνηστήρων death by the hand of the suitors, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ ἐξ Ἑλλήνων τείχεα walls built by them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κίνημα ἐξ αὑτοῦ spontaneous motion, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.5) with the agent after passive Verbs, by, poetical and early Prose, ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός they were beloved of (i.e.by) Zeus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται ἐκ Διός[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.6) of Cause, Instrument, or Means by which a thing is done, ἐκ πατέρων φιλότητος in consequence of our fathers' friendship, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τίνος λόγο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ το; wherefore? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖτε ὑμῖν φίλους ἐκ τοῦ Μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας make yourselves friends of (i.e. by means of), [NT+5th c.BC+] A.III.7) in accordance with, ἐκ τῶν λογίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κρινόμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.8) frequently as periphrastic for adverb, ἐκ προνοίας [Refs]; ἐκ βίας by force, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ, ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἴσου, ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with feminine adjective, ἐκ τῆς ἰθέης [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.9) of Number or Measurement, with numerals, ἐκ τρίτων in the third place, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; distributively, apiece, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.9.b) of Price, ἐξ ὀκτὼ ὀβολῶν [NT] A.III.9.c) of Weight, ἐπιπέμματα ἐξ ἡμιχοινικίου [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.9.d) of Space, θινώδης ὢν ὁ τόπος ἐξ εἴκοσι σταδίων by the space of twenty stades, [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ἐκ is frequently separated from its CASE, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—It takes an accent in anastrophe, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —It is combined with other Preps. to make the sense more definite, as διέκ, παρέκ, ὑπέκ. C) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), the sense of removal prevails; out, away, off. C.2) to express completion, like our utterly, ἐκπέρθω, ἐξαλαπάζω, ἐκβαρβαρόω, ἐκδιδάσκω, ἐκδιψάω, ἐκδωριεύομαι, ἐξοπλίζω, ἐξομματόω, ἔκλευκος, ἔκπικρος. D) As adverb, therefrom, [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Pronounciation:
ex
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
literal or figurative; direct or remote); after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out); a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τῆς
Transliteration:
tēs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC female person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
glory
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δόξα
Greek:
δόξης
Transliteration:
doxēs
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
δόξα
Transliteration:
doxa
Gloss:
glory
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
δόξα, -ης, ἡ (δοκέω), [in LXX very frequently for כָּבוֹד, also for הוֹד,פִּפְאֶרֶת, etc, 25 words in all;] in cl, 1) expectation, judgment, opinion (4Ma.5:18). 2) opinion, estimation in which one is held, repute; in NT, always good opinion, hence reputation, praise, honour, glory: Luk.14:10, Jhn.12:43, Heb.3:3; opposite to αἰσχύνη, Php.3:19; to ἀτιμία, 2Co.6:8; δ. κ. τιμή, Rom.2:7, 10 1Pe.1:7, 2Pe.1:17; ζητεῖν, Jhn.5:44 7:18 8:50, 1Th.2:6; λαμβάνειν, Jhn.5:41, 2Pe.1:17, Rev.5:12; διδόναι δ. τ. θεῷ (cf. נָתַן כָּבוֹד לַיהוָֹה, Jer.13:16, al.), Luk.17:18, Jhn.9:24, Act.12:23, Rom.4:20, Rev.4:9; εἰς (τ.) δ. θεοῦ, Rom.3:7 15:7, Php.1:11, al; in doxologies, τ. θεῷ (ᾧ) ἡ δ, Luk.2:14, Rom.11:36 16:27, Gal.1:5, Eph.3:21, al. 3) Later also (not cl.) as in LXX (= הוֹד, Job.39:20, 1Ch.29:25; כָּבוֹד, Job.19:9, Est.5:11, al.), visible brightness, splendour, glory: of light, Act.22:11; of heavenly bodies, 1Co.15:40 ff; esp. that wh. radiates from God's presence, as manifested in the pillar of cloud and in the Holy of Holies (= כָּבוֹד, Exo.16:10 25:22 40:34, al; and new Heb. שְׁכִינָה, 2Ma.2:8; see DB, iv, 489b), Rom.9:4, Jas.2:1 (see Hort, Mayor, in l.); hence of the manifested glory of God, Rom.1:23, Col.1:11 Eph.1:6, 12 17 3:16; of the same as communicated to man through Christ, 2Co.3:18 4:6; and of the glorious condition into which Christians shall enter hereafter, Rom.8:18, 21 9:23, 2Ti.2:10, al. SYN.: ἔπαινος τιμή (see Hort on 1Pe.1:7). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δόξα
Transliteration:
doxa
Gloss:
glory
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
δόξᾰ, ἡ, (δοκέω, δέκομαι) expectation, οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ δόξης not otherwise than one expects, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν δόξᾳ θέμενος εὖχος hoping for, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόξαν παρέχειν τινὶ μὴ ποιήσεσθαι. to make one expect that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόξαν παρέχεσθαί τινι ὡς, with participle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπὸ τῆς δ. πεσέειν, = Latin spe excidere, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) after [Refs 8th c.BC+], notion, opinion, judgement, whether well grounded or not, βροτῶν δόξαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατά γε τὴν ἐμήν, with or without δόξαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to νόησις, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀληθεῖ δόξῃ δοξασταί capable of being subjects of true opinion, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κύριαι δ. philosophical maxims, title of work by Epicurus, [Refs 1st c.BC+]axioms, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.2) mere opinion, conjecture, δόξῃ ἐπίστασθαι, ἡγεῖσθαι, imagine, suppose (wrongly), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δόξαι joined with φαντασίαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατὰ δόξαν, opposed to κατ᾽ οὐσίαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς δόξῃ χρώμενοι speaking by guess, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) fancy, vision, δ. ἀκόνας λιγυρᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a dream, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: plural, hallucinations, [Refs 6th c.AD+] III) the opinion which others have of one, estimation, repute, first in [Refs 6th c.BC+] III.2) mostly, good repute, honour, glory, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; δόξαν σχεῖν τινός for a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. ἔχειν ὥς εἰσι. [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) rarely of ill repute, [δ.] ἀντὶ καλῆς αἰσχρὰν τῇ πόλει περιάπτειν [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.4) popular repute or estimate, εἰσφέρων οὐκ ἀφ᾽ ὑπαρχούσης οὐσίας. ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης ὧν ὁ πατήρ μοι κατέλιπεν [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV) of external appearance, glory, splendour, especially of the Shechinah, [LXX+NT]: generally, magnificence, πλοῦτον καὶ δ. [LXX+NT]; especially of celestial beatitude, [NT]; also of illustrious persons, dignities, δόξας οὐ τρέμουσιν [NT]
Strongs
Word:
δόξα
Transliteration:
dóxa
Pronounciation:
dox'-ah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective); dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship; from the base of g1380 (δοκέω)
of him.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτοῦ.
Transliteration:
autou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Genitive Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned male person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
his
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
